basic ARM semihosting support
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
156
157 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
158
159
160 @node Developers
161 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
162 @cindex developers
163
164 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
165 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
166 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
167 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
168
169 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
170 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
171
172 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
173
174 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
175 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
176
177 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
178
179 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
180
181 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
182
183 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
184 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
185 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
186 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
187 needing a GIT client:
188
189 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
190
191 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
192
193 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
194 from the repository or a snapshot.
195
196 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
197 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
198 Patches created against older versions may require additional
199 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
200
201 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
202
203 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
204 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
205 technical information about the software internals, development
206 processes, and similar documentation:
207
208 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
209
210 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
211 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
212 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
213
214 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
215
216 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
217 communication between developers:
218
219 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
220
221 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
222 The @file{PATCHES} file contains basic information about how
223 to prepare patches.
224
225
226 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
227 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
228 @cindex dongles
229 @cindex FTDI
230 @cindex wiggler
231 @cindex zy1000
232 @cindex printer port
233 @cindex USB Adapter
234 @cindex RTCK
235
236 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
237 an adapter .... [snip]
238
239 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
240 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
241 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
242 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
243 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
244 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
245 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
246
247
248 @section Choosing a Dongle
249
250 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
251
252 @enumerate
253 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
254 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
255 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
256 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
257 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
258 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
259 Ethernet port needed?
260 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
261 @end enumerate
262
263 @section Stand alone Systems
264
265 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
266 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
267 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
268 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
269 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
270
271 @section USB FT2232 Based
272
273 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
274 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
275 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
276 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
277 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
278 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
279
280 @itemize @bullet
281 @item @b{usbjtag}
282 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
283 @item @b{jtagkey}
284 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
285 @item @b{jtagkey2}
286 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
287 @item @b{oocdlink}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
289 @item @b{signalyzer}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
291 @item @b{evb_lm3s811}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
293 @item @b{luminary_icdi}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board, included in the Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92 Evaluation Kits.
295 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
297 @item @b{flyswatter}
298 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
299 @item @b{turtelizer2}
300 @* See:
301 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
302 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
303 @item @b{comstick}
304 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
305 @item @b{stm32stick}
306 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
307 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
308 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
309 @item @b{cortino}
310 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
311 @end itemize
312
313 @section USB JLINK based
314 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
315 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
316 AT91SAM764 internally.
317
318 @itemize @bullet
319 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
320 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
321 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
323 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
324 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
325 @end itemize
326
327 @section USB RLINK based
328 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
329
330 @itemize @bullet
331 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
332 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
333 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
334 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
335 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
336 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
337 @end itemize
338
339 @section USB Other
340 @itemize @bullet
341 @item @b{USBprog}
342 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
343
344 @item @b{USB - Presto}
345 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
346
347 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
348 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
349
350 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
351 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
352 @end itemize
353
354 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
355
356 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
357 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
358 these on the market.
359
360 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
361 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
362 of USB-based ones.
363
364 @itemize @bullet
365
366 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
367 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
368
369 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
370 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
371 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
372
373 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
374 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
375
376 @item @b{GW16402}
377 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
378
379 @item @b{Wiggler2}
380 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
381 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
382
383 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
384 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
385
386 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
387 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
388
389 @item @b{arm-jtag}
390 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
391
392 @item @b{chameleon}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
394
395 @item @b{Triton}
396 @* Unknown.
397
398 @item @b{Lattice}
399 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
400 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
401
402 @item @b{flashlink}
403 @* From ST Microsystems;
404 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
405 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
406
407 @end itemize
408
409 @section Other...
410 @itemize @bullet
411
412 @item @b{ep93xx}
413 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
414
415 @item @b{at91rm9200}
416 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
417
418 @end itemize
419
420 @node About JIM-Tcl
421 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
422 @cindex JIM Tcl
423 @cindex tcl
424
425 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
426 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
427 command interpreter.
428
429 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
430 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
431 much of anything about Tcl.
432 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
433
434 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
435
436 @itemize @bullet
437 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
438 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
439 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
440 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
441 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
442 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
443
444 @item @b{Missing Features}
445 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
446 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
447
448 @item @b{Scripts}
449 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
450 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
451 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
452
453 @item @b{Commands}
454 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
455 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
456 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
457 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
458
459 @item @b{Historical Note}
460 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
461
462 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
463 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
464 @end itemize
465
466 @node Running
467 @chapter Running
468 @cindex command line options
469 @cindex logfile
470 @cindex directory search
471
472 The @option{--help} option shows:
473 @verbatim
474 bash$ openocd --help
475
476 --help | -h display this help
477 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
478 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
479 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
480 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
481 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
482 --command | -c run <command>
483 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
484 @end verbatim
485
486 By default OpenOCD reads the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
487 To specify a different (or multiple)
488 configuration file, you can use the @option{-f} option. For example:
489
490 @example
491 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
492 @end example
493
494 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
495 @enumerate
496 @item the current directory,
497 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
498 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
499 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
500 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
501 @end enumerate
502 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
503
504 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
505 on the command line or in @file{openocd.cfg}.
506 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
507 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
508 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
509 ensure that this always succeeds.
510 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
511 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
512 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
513 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
514
515 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
516 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
517 those channels.
518
519 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
520 the @option{-d} option.
521
522 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
523 @option{-c} command line switch.
524
525 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
526 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
527 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
528 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
529 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
530 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
531 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
532
533 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
534 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
535
536 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
537
538 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
539 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
540 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
541 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
542
543 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
544 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
545
546 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
547 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
548 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
549 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
550 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
551
552 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
553
554 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
555 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
556 and a USB cable on the other.
557 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
558 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
559
560 @enumerate
561 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
562 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
563 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
564 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
565 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
566 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
567 debugging host.
568
569 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
570 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
571 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
572 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
573 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
574
575 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
576 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
577 with 1.2 Volt boards.
578
579 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
580 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
581 ways to connect the cable.
582 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
583 Be sure it's firmly connected.
584
585 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
586 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
587 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
588 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
589 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
590 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
591 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
592 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
593
594 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
595 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
596 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
597 but are tedious to set up.
598 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
599 adapter signals to the right board pins.
600
601 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
602 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
603 you are using to run OpenOCD.
604 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
605
606 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
607 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter?
608
609 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
610 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
611 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
612
613 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
614 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
615 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
616 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
617
618 @end enumerate
619
620 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
621 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
622 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
623
624 @section Project Directory
625
626 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
627
628 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
629 single directory for your work with a given board.
630 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
631 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
632 and for code you upload to the target board.
633 It is also the natural place to write files,
634 such as log files and data you download from the board.
635
636 @section Configuration Basics
637
638 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
639 a variety of ways you can mix them.
640 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
641
642 @itemize
643 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
644 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
645 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
646 @end itemize
647
648 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
649 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
650 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
651
652 @example
653 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
654
655 # GDB can also flash my flash!
656 gdb_memory_map enable
657 gdb_flash_program enable
658
659 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
660 @end example
661
662 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
663
664 @example
665 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
666 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
667 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
668 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
669 @end example
670
671 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
672 each supporting a different development task.
673 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
674 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
675
676 @quotation Important
677 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
678 problems with how it treats variables.
679 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
680 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
681 that can be tested in a later script.
682 @end quotation
683
684 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
685 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
686 to simplify your work.
687
688 @section User Config Files
689 @cindex config file, user
690 @cindex user config file
691 @cindex config file, overview
692
693 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
694 in one place.
695 One of the following will match your situation best:
696
697 @itemize
698 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
699 provided by someone else.
700 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
701 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
702 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
703 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
704 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
705 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
706
707 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
708 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
709
710 @enumerate
711 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
712 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
713 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
714 @end enumerate
715
716 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
717 The first is an interface config file.
718 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
719 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
720 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
721 meet your deadline:
722
723 @example
724 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
725 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
726 @end example
727
728 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
729 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
730 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
731 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
732
733 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
734 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
735 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
736 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
737 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
738 @xref{Autoprobing}.
739
740 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
741 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
742 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
743 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
744
745 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
746 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
747 giving access to your particular flash chips.
748 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
749 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
750
751 @quotation Note
752 When you write new configuration files, please submit
753 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
754 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
755 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
756 will help support users of any board using that chip.
757 @end quotation
758
759 @item
760 You may may need to write some C code.
761 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
762 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
763 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
764 a new chip architecture.
765 @end itemize
766
767 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
768 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
769 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
770
771 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
772 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
773 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
774 @itemize
775
776 @item
777 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
778 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
779 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
780 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
781
782 @item
783 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
784 @cindex vector_catch
785 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
786 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
787 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
788 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
789 along with messaging and tracing setup.
790 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
791
792 @item
793 You might need to override some defaults.
794 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
795 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
796
797 @item
798 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
799 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
800 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
801 @end itemize
802
803 @section Project-Specific Utilities
804
805 A few project-specific utility
806 routines may well speed up your work.
807 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
808
809 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
810 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
811 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
812 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
813 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
814 may help:
815
816 @example
817 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
818 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
819 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
820 # Leave the CPU halted.
821 reset init
822
823 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
824 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
825
826 # Start running.
827 resume 0x20000000
828 @}
829 @end example
830
831 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
832 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
833 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
834 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
835 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
836
837 @example
838 proc newboot @{ @} @{
839 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
840 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
841 # "reset halt" would be slower.
842 reset init
843
844 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
845 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
846 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
847 flash protect 0 0 1 off
848 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
849 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
850 flash protect 0 0 1 on
851
852 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
853 reset run
854 @}
855 @end example
856
857 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
858 from NAND.
859 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
860 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
861 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
862
863 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
864 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
865
866 @section Target Software Changes
867
868 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
869 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
870 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
871 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
872 handling issues like:
873
874 @itemize @bullet
875
876 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
877 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
878 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
879 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
880 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
881
882 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
883 or otherwise prevent using that state,
884 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
885 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
886 work for an idle processor otherwise.
887
888 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
889 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
890 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
891 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
892 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
893
894 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
895 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
896 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
897 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
898 early code execution can be debugged
899 or firmware can be replaced.
900
901 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
902 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
903 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
904 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
905 operations like writing to memory.)
906
907 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
908 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
909 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
910 various kinds of message.
911 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
912
913 @end itemize
914
915 @node Config File Guidelines
916 @chapter Config File Guidelines
917
918 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
919 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
920 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
921 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
922
923 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
924 with files including the ones listed here.
925 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
926 @itemize @bullet
927 @item @file{interface} ...
928 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
929 @example
930 $ ls interface
931 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
932 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
933 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
934 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
935 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
936 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
937 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
938 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
939 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
940 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
941 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
942 $
943 @end example
944 @item @file{board} ...
945 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
946 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
947 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
948 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
949 but support for external parts varies widely. For
950 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
951 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
952 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
953 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
954 a CPU and an FPGA.
955 @example
956 $ ls board
957 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
958 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
959 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
960 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
961 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
962 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
963 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
964 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
965 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
966 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
967 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
968 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
969 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
970 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
971 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
972 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
973 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
974 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
975 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
976 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
977 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
978 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
979 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
980 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
981 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
982 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
983 $
984 @end example
985 @item @file{target} ...
986 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
987 on a chip
988 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
989 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
990 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
991 the target config file defines all of them.
992 @example
993 $ ls target
994 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
995 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
996 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
997 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
998 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
999 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1000 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1001 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1002 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1003 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1004 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1005 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1006 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1007 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1008 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1009 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1010 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1011 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1012 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1013 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1014 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1015 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1016 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1017 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1018 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1019 $
1020 @end example
1021 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1022 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1023 @end itemize
1024
1025 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1026 file may override features in any of the above files by
1027 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1028 commands specific to their situation.
1029
1030 @section Interface Config Files
1031
1032 The user config file
1033 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1034
1035 @example
1036 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1037 @end example
1038
1039 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1040 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1041 sole developer who created it.
1042
1043 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1044 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1045 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1046 and need to provide a driver for it.
1047
1048 @section Board Config Files
1049 @cindex config file, board
1050 @cindex board config file
1051
1052 The user config file
1053 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1054
1055 @example
1056 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1057 @end example
1058
1059 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1060 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1061 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1062
1063 @enumerate
1064 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1065 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1066 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1067 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1068 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1069 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1070 @end enumerate
1071
1072 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1073 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1074 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1075 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1076
1077 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1078 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1079 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1080 configuration works.
1081
1082 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1083
1084 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1085 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1086 convention on how to use certain variables.
1087
1088 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1089 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1090 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1091 used at will within a target configuration file.
1092
1093 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1094 for a board with three chips:
1095
1096 @example
1097 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1098 set CHIPNAME network
1099 set ENDIAN big
1100 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1101 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1102 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1103 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1104
1105 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1106 set CHIPNAME video
1107 set ENDIAN little
1108 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1109 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1110 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1111 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1112
1113 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1114 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1115 unset ENDIAN
1116 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1117 @end example
1118
1119 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1120 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1121 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1122 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1123 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1124 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1125 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1126 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1127
1128 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1129 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1130 naming collisions.
1131
1132 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1133 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1134 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1135 up other clocks and peripherals.
1136
1137 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1138 @cindex variable names
1139
1140 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1141 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1142 one such chip (as shown above).
1143 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1144 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1145 to promote consistency and
1146 so that board files can override target defaults.
1147
1148 Inputs to target config files include:
1149
1150 @itemize @bullet
1151 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1152 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1153 tap identifier dotted names.
1154 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1155 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1156 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1157 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1158 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1159 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1160 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1161 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1162 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1163 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1164 @end itemize
1165
1166 Outputs from target config files include:
1167
1168 @itemize @bullet
1169 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1170 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1171 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1172 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1173 specific to that board and that target.
1174 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1175 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1176 @end itemize
1177
1178 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1179 @cindex event, reset-init
1180 @cindex reset-init handler
1181
1182 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1183 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1184 fully set up yet.
1185 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1186 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1187 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1188 handler is one of the most important.
1189
1190 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1191 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1192 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1193 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1194 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1195
1196 @quotation Note
1197 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1198 are included here.
1199 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1200 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1201 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1202 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1203 @end quotation
1204
1205 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1206 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1207 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1208 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1209 those as parameters.
1210 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1211 and disabling the watchdog.
1212 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1213 the next developer doing such work.
1214 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1215
1216 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1217 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1218 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1219 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1220
1221 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1222
1223 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1224 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1225 a low JTAG clock rate.
1226 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1227 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1228 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1229 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1230 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1231 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1232 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1233
1234 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1235 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1236 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1237 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1238 which might be less than that.
1239
1240 @quotation Warning
1241 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1242 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1243 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1244 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1245 @end quotation
1246
1247 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1248 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1249 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1250 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1251 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1252
1253 @section Target Config Files
1254 @cindex config file, target
1255 @cindex target config file
1256
1257 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1258 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1259 more target config files like this:
1260
1261 @example
1262 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1263 @end example
1264
1265 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1266 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1267 In summary the target files should contain
1268
1269 @enumerate
1270 @item Set defaults
1271 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1272 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1273 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1274 @item On-Chip flash
1275 @end enumerate
1276
1277 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1278 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1279 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1280
1281 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1282 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1283 can talk to the chip.
1284 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1285 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1286 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1287 and other processing engines.
1288
1289 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1290
1291 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1292 letting board config files express environment-specific
1293 differences in how things should be set up.
1294
1295 @example
1296 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1297 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1298 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1299 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1300 @} else @{
1301 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1302 @}
1303
1304 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1305 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1306 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1307 @} else @{
1308 set _ENDIAN little
1309 @}
1310
1311 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1312 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1313 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1314 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1315 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1316 @} else @{
1317 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1318 @}
1319 @end example
1320 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1321
1322 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1323 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1324 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1325
1326 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1327 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1328 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1329
1330 @example
1331 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1332 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1333 @end example
1334
1335 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1336 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1337 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1338 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1339 for taps.
1340
1341 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1342 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1343 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1344 looks (in part) like this:
1345
1346 @example
1347 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1348 @end example
1349
1350 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1351 to source such a config file twice, with different
1352 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1353 it adds a different TAP each time.
1354
1355 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1356 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1357 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1358 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1359
1360 @example
1361 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1362 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1363 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1364 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1365 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1366 @end example
1367
1368 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1369 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1370
1371 @itemize
1372 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1373 plus a JRC to enable them
1374 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1375 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1376 is not currently used)
1377 @end itemize
1378
1379 @subsection Add CPU targets
1380
1381 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1382 GDB and other commands can use it.
1383 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1384 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1385 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1386 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1387
1388 @example
1389 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1390 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1391 @end example
1392
1393 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1394 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1395 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1396 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1397 a work area if you can.
1398 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1399
1400 @example
1401 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1402 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1403 @end example
1404
1405 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1406
1407 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1408 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1409 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1410
1411 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1412 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1413 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1414 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1415 both signals.
1416
1417 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1418 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1419 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1420 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1421 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1422 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1423 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1424 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1425 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1426 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1427 not available.)
1428
1429 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1430 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1431 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1432 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1433 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1434 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1435 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1436 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1437
1438 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1439 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1440 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1441 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1442 slower clock than they will use later.
1443 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1444 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1445 than they will use later.
1446 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1447
1448 @quotation Important
1449 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1450 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1451 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1452 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1453 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1454 @end quotation
1455
1456 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1457
1458 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1459 special high speed download features - enable it.
1460
1461 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1462
1463 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1464 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1465 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1466 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1467 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1468 If you are using an external trace port,
1469 configure it in your board config file.
1470 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1471 configure it in your target config file.
1472
1473 @example
1474 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1475 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1476 @end example
1477
1478 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1479
1480 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1481
1482 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1483 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1484 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1485 the TARGET (chip) file.
1486
1487 Examples:
1488 @itemize @bullet
1489 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1490 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1491 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1492 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1493 @end itemize
1494
1495 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1496 @section Translating Configuration Files
1497 @cindex translation
1498 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1499 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1500 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1501 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1502 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1503 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1504
1505 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1506 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1507 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1508 convert other scripts later on.
1509
1510 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1511 replace job:
1512
1513 @example
1514 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1515 #
1516 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1517 #
1518 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1519 #
1520 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1521
1522 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1523 global TARGETNAME
1524
1525 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1526
1527 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1528 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1529 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1530 @}
1531 @end example
1532
1533
1534
1535 @node Daemon Configuration
1536 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1537 @cindex initialization
1538 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1539 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1540 supported.
1541
1542 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1543 @section Configuration Stage
1544 @cindex configuration stage
1545 @cindex config command
1546
1547 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1548 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1549 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1550 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1551 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1552 which may be issued interactively.
1553
1554 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1555 flash banks,
1556 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1557 and other basic setup.
1558 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1559 may access or activate TAPs.
1560 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1561 longer be issued.
1562
1563 @section Entering the Run Stage
1564
1565 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1566 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1567 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1568 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1569 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1570 You should see no errors at this point.
1571 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1572 commands you used to configure the server.
1573 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1574 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1575 on the scan chain.
1576
1577 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1578 become available.
1579 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1580 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1581 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1582 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1583 entry to the run stage.
1584
1585 @deffn {Config Command} init
1586 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1587 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1588 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1589 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1590 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1591 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1592
1593 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1594 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1595 configuration files and/or command line options.
1596
1597 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1598 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1599 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1600 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1601 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1602 @end deffn
1603
1604 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1605 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1606 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1607
1608 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1609 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1610 scan chain.
1611 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1612 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1613
1614 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1615 they return.
1616 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1617 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1618 @end deffn
1619
1620 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1621 @section TCP/IP Ports
1622 @cindex TCP port
1623 @cindex server
1624 @cindex port
1625 @cindex security
1626 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1627 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1628 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1629
1630 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1631 access using one or more of these ports.
1632 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1633 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1634 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1635
1636 @deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
1637 @cindex GDB server
1638 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1639 The GDB port for the
1640 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1641 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1642 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1643 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1644 @end deffn
1645
1646 @deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
1647 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1648 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1649 output from the Tcl engine.
1650 Intended as a machine interface.
1651 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1652 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1653 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1654 @end deffn
1655
1656 @deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
1657 Specify or query the
1658 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1659 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1660 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1661 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1662 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1663 @end deffn
1664
1665 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1666 @section GDB Configuration
1667 @cindex GDB
1668 @cindex GDB configuration
1669 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1670 The ones listed here are static and global.
1671 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1672 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1673
1674 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1675 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1676 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1677 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1678 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1679 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1680 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1681 @end deffn
1682
1683 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1684 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1685 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1686 vFlash packet is received.
1687 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1688 @end deffn
1689
1690 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1691 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1692 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1693 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1694 for flash programming to work.
1695 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1696 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1697 @end deffn
1698
1699 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1700 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1701 by GDB memory read packets.
1702 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1703 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1704 @end deffn
1705
1706 @anchor{Event Polling}
1707 @section Event Polling
1708
1709 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1710 where significant events can happen at any time.
1711 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1712 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1713 or to GDB.
1714
1715 Examples of such events include:
1716
1717 @itemize
1718 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1719 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1720 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1721 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1722 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1723 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1724 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1725 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1726 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1727 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1728 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1729 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1730 @end itemize
1731
1732 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1733 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1734 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1735 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1736 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1737
1738 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1739 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1740 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1741 to the various active targets.
1742 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1743 which is normally done in the background.
1744
1745 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1746 Poll the current target for its current state.
1747 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1748 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1749 specific information about the current state is printed.
1750 An optional parameter
1751 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1752
1753 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1754 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1755 @example
1756 > poll
1757 background polling: on
1758 target state: halted
1759 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1760 current mode: Supervisor
1761 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1762 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1763 >
1764 @end example
1765 @end deffn
1766
1767 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1768 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1769 @cindex config file, interface
1770 @cindex interface config file
1771
1772 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1773 through commands in an interface configuration
1774 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1775 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1776
1777 @example
1778 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1779 @end example
1780
1781 These commands tell
1782 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1783 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1784
1785 @example
1786 # jlink interface
1787 interface jlink
1788 @end example
1789
1790 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1791
1792
1793 @section Interface Configuration
1794
1795 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1796 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1797 more additional commands.
1798
1799 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1800 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1801 target.
1802 @end deffn
1803
1804 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1805 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1806 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1807 @end deffn
1808
1809 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1810 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1811 @end deffn
1812
1813 @section Interface Drivers
1814
1815 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1816 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1817 available at run time.
1818
1819 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1820 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1821 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1822 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1823
1824 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1825 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1826 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1827 @end deffn
1828
1829 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1830 Displays status of RTCK option.
1831 Optionally sets that option first.
1832 @end deffn
1833 @end deffn
1834
1835 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1836 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1837 This has one driver-specific command:
1838
1839 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1840 Logs some status
1841 @end deffn
1842 @end deffn
1843
1844 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1845 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1846 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1847 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1848 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1849 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1850 @end deffn
1851
1852 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1853 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1854 @end deffn
1855
1856 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1857 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1858 @end deffn
1859
1860 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1861 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1862 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1863 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1864
1865 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1866 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1867 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1868 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1869 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1870 @end deffn
1871
1872 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1873 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1874 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1875 is connected to the host.
1876 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1877 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1878 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1879 @end deffn
1880
1881 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1882 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1883 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1884 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1885 @itemize @minus
1886 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1887 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1888 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1889 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1890 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1891 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1892 @item @b{luminary_icdi} Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board
1893 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1894 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1895 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1896 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1897 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1898 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1899 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1900 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1901 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1902 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1903 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1904 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1905 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
1906 @end itemize
1907 @end deffn
1908
1909 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
1910 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
1911 default values are used.
1912 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
1913 @example
1914 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
1915 @end example
1916 @end deffn
1917
1918 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
1919 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
1920 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
1921 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
1922 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
1923 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
1924 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
1925 @end deffn
1926
1927 For example, the interface config file for a
1928 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
1929
1930 @example
1931 interface ft2232
1932 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
1933 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
1934 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
1935 @end example
1936 @end deffn
1937
1938 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
1939 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
1940 This has one driver-specific command:
1941
1942 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1943 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1944 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1945 @end deffn
1946 @end deffn
1947
1948 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
1949 Segger jlink USB adapter
1950 @c command: jlink_info
1951 @c dumps status
1952 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
1953 @c sets version 2 or 3
1954 @end deffn
1955
1956 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
1957 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
1958 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
1959 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1960 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1961
1962 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
1963 The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
1964 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
1965
1966 @itemize @minus
1967 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
1968 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
1969 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
1970 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
1971 in configuration mode. This is only used to
1972 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
1973 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
1974 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
1975 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
1976 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
1977 some versions of
1978 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
1979 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
1980 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
1981 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
1982 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
1983 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
1984 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
1985 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
1986 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
1987 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
1988 @end itemize
1989 @end deffn
1990
1991 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1992 Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
1993 the @file{/dev/parport} device
1994
1995 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
1996 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
1997 you may encounter a problem.
1998 @end deffn
1999
2000 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2001 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2002 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2003 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2004 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2005 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2006
2007 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2008 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2009 @quotation Tip
2010 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2011 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2012 @example
2013 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2014 > jtag_khz 500
2015 @end example
2016 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2017 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2018 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2019 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2020 large set of samples.
2021 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2022 @example
2023 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2024 @end example
2025 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2026 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2027
2028 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2029 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2030 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2031 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2032 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2033 @end quotation
2034 @end deffn
2035
2036 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
2037 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2038 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
2039 @end deffn
2040
2041 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2042 classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
2043
2044 @example
2045 interface parport
2046 parport_port 0xc8b8
2047 parport_cable wiggler
2048 @end example
2049 @end deffn
2050
2051 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2052 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2053 @c command: presto_serial str
2054 @c sets serial number
2055 @end deffn
2056
2057 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2058 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2059 @end deffn
2060
2061 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2062 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2063 @end deffn
2064
2065 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2066 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2067
2068 @quotation Note
2069 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2070 which are not currently documented here.
2071 @end quotation
2072 @end deffn
2073
2074 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2075 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2076
2077 @quotation Note
2078 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2079 which are not currently documented here.
2080 @end quotation
2081
2082 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2083 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2084 No arguments: print status.
2085 @end deffn
2086
2087 @end deffn
2088
2089 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2090 @section JTAG Speed
2091 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2092 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2093 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2094 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2095 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2096 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2097 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2098 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2099 power management software that may be active.
2100
2101 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2102 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2103 target event handler.
2104 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2105 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2106 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2107 sets up those clocks).
2108 @xref{Target Events}.
2109 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2110 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2111 in the target config file.
2112 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2113 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2114 config file instead.
2115 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2116 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2117 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2118
2119 @example
2120 jtag_rclk 3000
2121 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2122 @end example
2123
2124 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2125 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2126 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2127 may not be the fastest solution.
2128
2129 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2130 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2131
2132 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2133 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2134 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2135 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2136 than the speed specified.
2137
2138 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2139 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2140 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2141 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2142
2143 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2144 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2145 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2146 JTAG clocking after setup.
2147 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2148 If the interface device can not
2149 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2150 @end deffn
2151
2152 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2153 @cindex adaptive clocking
2154 @cindex RTCK
2155 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2156 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2157 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2158 @example
2159 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2160 jtag_rclk 3000
2161 @end example
2162 @end defun
2163
2164 @node Reset Configuration
2165 @chapter Reset Configuration
2166 @cindex Reset Configuration
2167
2168 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2169 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2170 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2171 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2172 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2173 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2174 Please see the various board files for examples.
2175
2176 @quotation Note
2177 To maintainers and integrators:
2178 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2179 Normally the board configuration file
2180 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2181 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2182
2183 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2184 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2185 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2186 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2187 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2188 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2189 @end quotation
2190
2191 @section Types of Reset
2192
2193 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2194 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2195 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2196
2197 @itemize @bullet
2198 @item
2199 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2200 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2201 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2202 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2203 @item
2204 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2205 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2206 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2207 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2208 @item
2209 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2210 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2211 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2212 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2213 @item
2214 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2215 several other types of reset.
2216 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2217 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2218 There may be individual module resets.
2219 @end itemize
2220
2221 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2222 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2223 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2224 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2225 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2226 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2227 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2228 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2229 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2230
2231 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2232 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2233
2234 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2235 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2236 common issues are:
2237
2238 @itemize @bullet
2239
2240 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2241 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2242 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2243 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2244 when either of those signals is not connected.
2245 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2246 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2247 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2248 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2249
2250 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2251 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2252 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2253 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2254
2255 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2256 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2257 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2258 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2259 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2260 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2261 hardware debouncing.
2262 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2263 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2264
2265 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2266 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2267 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2268 to use push/pull output drivers.
2269 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2270 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2271 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2272 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2273
2274 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2275 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2276 issues (not limited to errata).
2277 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2278 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2279 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2280 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2281 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2282 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2283 @end itemize
2284
2285 There can also be other issues.
2286 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2287 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2288 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2289 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2290 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2291 Agreement (NDA).
2292
2293 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2294 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2295 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2296
2297 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2298 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2299
2300 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2301
2302 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2303 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2304 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2305 allowing it to be deasserted.
2306 @end deffn
2307
2308 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2309 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2310 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2311 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2312 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2313 @end deffn
2314
2315 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2316 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2317 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2318 allowing it to be deasserted.
2319 @end deffn
2320
2321 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2322 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2323 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2324 @end deffn
2325
2326 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2327 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2328 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2329 configuration scripts.
2330
2331 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2332 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2333 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2334 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2335 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2336 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2337 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2338 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2339
2340 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2341 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2342 @var{gates},
2343 @var{trst_type},
2344 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2345 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2346 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2347 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2348 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2349 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2350
2351 @itemize
2352 @item
2353 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2354 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2355 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2356 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2357 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2358
2359 @quotation Tip
2360 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2361 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2362 @end quotation
2363
2364 @item
2365 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2366 signal implementations.
2367 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2368 indicating everything behaves normally.
2369 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2370 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
2371 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2372 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2373 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2374 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2375 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2376
2377 @item
2378 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2379 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2380 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2381 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2382 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2383 while SRST is asserted.
2384 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2385 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2386 @end itemize
2387
2388 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2389 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2390 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2391 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2392 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2393
2394 @itemize
2395 @item
2396 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2397 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2398 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2399 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2400
2401 @item
2402 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2403 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2404 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2405 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2406 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2407 @end itemize
2408 @end deffn
2409
2410 @section Custom Reset Handling
2411 @cindex events
2412
2413 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2414 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2415 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2416 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2417 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2418 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2419
2420 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2421 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2422 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2423 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2424 want to reset everything at once.
2425
2426 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2427 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2428 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2429 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2430 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2431 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2432 needs special attention.
2433
2434 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2435 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2436 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2437 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2438 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2439 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2440 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2441 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2442
2443 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2444 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2445 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2446 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2447 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2448
2449 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2450 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2451 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2452 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2453 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2454 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2455 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2456 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2457 or potentially some other value.
2458
2459 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2460 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2461 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2462 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2463 (or their associated targets)
2464 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2465
2466 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2467 they return.
2468 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2469 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2470 @end deffn
2471
2472 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2473 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2474 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2475 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2476 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2477 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2478 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2479 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2480 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2481 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2482 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2483 @end deffn
2484
2485 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2486 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2487 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2488 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2489 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2490 @end deffn
2491
2492
2493 @node TAP Declaration
2494 @chapter TAP Declaration
2495 @cindex TAP declaration
2496 @cindex TAP configuration
2497
2498 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2499 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2500
2501 @itemize @bullet
2502 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2503 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2504 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2505 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2506 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2507 start running that code.
2508 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2509 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2510 and missing connections
2511 @end itemize
2512
2513 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2514 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2515 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2516 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2517 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2518
2519 @section Scan Chains
2520 @cindex scan chain
2521
2522 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2523 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2524 They also need to be added to
2525 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2526 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2527 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2528 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2529 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2530 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2531 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2532 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2533
2534 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2535 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2536 command, presented in the next chapter.
2537 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2538 debugging targets.)
2539 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2540
2541 @verbatim
2542 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask Instr
2543 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------ -----
2544 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0 0 0x...
2545 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x1 0 0xc
2546 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0 0 0xff
2547 @end verbatim
2548
2549 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2550 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2551 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2552 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2553 until they are told to do so.
2554
2555 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2556 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2557 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2558 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2559
2560 @example
2561 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2562 @end example
2563
2564 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2565 by a given chip.
2566 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2567 and so forth.
2568 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2569 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2570 a single chip and between them.
2571 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2572
2573 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2574 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2575 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2576 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2577 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2578 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2579 includes commands something like this:
2580
2581 @example
2582 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2583 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2584 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2585 @end example
2586
2587 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2588 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2589 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2590
2591 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2592 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2593 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2594 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2595 @example
2596 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2597 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2598 @}
2599 @end example
2600 @end deffn
2601
2602 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2603 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2604 and their status.
2605 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2606 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2607 but systems with a JTAG router can
2608 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2609 In addition to the enable/disable status, the contents of
2610 each TAP's instruction register can also change.
2611 @end deffn
2612
2613 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2614 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2615
2616 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2617 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2618
2619 @section TAP Names
2620 @cindex dotted name
2621
2622 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2623 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2624 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2625 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2626 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2627 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2628 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2629 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2630
2631 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2632 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2633 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2634
2635 @quotation Tip
2636 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2637 This feature is still present.
2638 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2639 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2640 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2641 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2642 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2643 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2644 @end quotation
2645
2646 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2647
2648 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2649 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2650 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2651 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2652 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2653
2654 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2655 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2656 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2657 overridable.
2658
2659 @cindex TAP naming convention
2660 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2661 and should follow this convention:
2662
2663 @itemize @bullet
2664 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2665 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2666 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2667 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2668 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2669 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2670 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2671 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2672 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2673 with a single TAP;
2674 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2675 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2676 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2677 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2678 @end itemize
2679
2680 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2681
2682 @itemize @bullet
2683 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2684 @*The length in bits of the
2685 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2686 @end itemize
2687
2688 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2689
2690 @itemize @bullet
2691 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2692 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2693 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2694 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2695 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2696 (the TAP is linked in).
2697 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2698 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2699 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2700 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2701 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2702 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2703 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2704 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2705 values that were found but not included in the list.
2706
2707 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2708 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2709 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2710 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2711 hardware to find these values.
2712 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2713 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2714 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2715 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2716 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2717 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2718 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2719 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2720 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2721 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2722 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2723 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2724 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2725 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2726 @end itemize
2727 @end deffn
2728
2729 @section Other TAP commands
2730
2731 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2732 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2733 At this writing this TAP attribute
2734 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2735 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2736 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2737 See the next section for information about the available events.
2738
2739 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2740 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2741 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2742 @end deffn
2743
2744 @anchor{TAP Events}
2745 @section TAP Events
2746 @cindex events
2747 @cindex TAP events
2748
2749 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2750 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2751 The other applies to debugger targets,
2752 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2753
2754 The TAP events currently defined are:
2755
2756 @itemize @bullet
2757 @item @b{post-reset}
2758 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2759 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2760 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2761 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2762 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2763
2764 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2765 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2766 of any particular target.
2767 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2768 @item @b{setup}
2769 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2770 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2771 @item @b{tap-disable}
2772 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2773 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2774 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2775 @item @b{tap-enable}
2776 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2777 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2778 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2779 @end itemize
2780
2781 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2782 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2783 contents to be accurate), you might:
2784
2785 @example
2786 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2787 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2788 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2789 @}
2790 @end example
2791
2792
2793 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2794 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2795 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2796 @cindex jrc
2797
2798 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2799 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2800 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2801 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2802 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2803
2804 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2805 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2806 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2807 be visible.
2808 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2809 ignores, such as:
2810
2811 @itemize
2812 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2813 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2814 TAPs receive new instructions.
2815 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2816 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2817 @end itemize
2818
2819 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2820 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2821 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2822 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2823
2824 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2825 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2826
2827 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2828 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2829 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2830 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2831 should define TAP event handlers using
2832 code that looks something like this:
2833
2834 @example
2835 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2836 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2837 @}
2838 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2839 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2840 @}
2841 @end example
2842
2843 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2844
2845 @example
2846 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2847 @end example
2848
2849 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2850 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2851 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2852 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2853
2854 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
2855 If necessary, disables the tap
2856 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
2857 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2858 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2859 and "0" if it is disabled.
2860 @end deffn
2861
2862 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
2863 If necessary, enables the tap
2864 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
2865 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2866 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2867 and "0" if it is disabled.
2868 @end deffn
2869
2870 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
2871 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2872 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2873 and "0" if it is disabled.
2874
2875 @quotation Note
2876 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
2877 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
2878 @end quotation
2879 @end deffn
2880
2881 @anchor{Autoprobing}
2882 @section Autoprobing
2883 @cindex autoprobe
2884 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
2885
2886 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
2887 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
2888 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
2889 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
2890
2891 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
2892 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
2893 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
2894 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
2895 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
2896 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
2897 right when they come out of reset).
2898
2899 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
2900
2901 @example
2902 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
2903 reset_config trst_and_srst
2904 jtag_rclk 8
2905 @end example
2906
2907 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
2908 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
2909
2910 @enumerate
2911 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
2912 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
2913 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
2914 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
2915 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
2916 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
2917 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
2918 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
2919 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
2920 that is discovered.
2921 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
2922 register, it will report it.
2923 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
2924 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
2925 @end enumerate
2926
2927 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
2928 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
2929 that's a bit more complex:
2930
2931 @example
2932 clock speed 8 kHz
2933 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
2934 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
2935 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
2936 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
2937 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2938 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2939 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
2940 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
2941 @end example
2942
2943 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
2944 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
2945 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
2946 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
2947 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
2948 and so forth.
2949
2950 @node CPU Configuration
2951 @chapter CPU Configuration
2952 @cindex GDB target
2953
2954 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
2955 You can also access these targets without GDB
2956 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
2957 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
2958 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
2959 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
2960
2961 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
2962 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
2963
2964 @section Target List
2965 @cindex target, current
2966 @cindex target, list
2967
2968 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
2969 where each member has a name.
2970 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
2971 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
2972 (plural!) command.
2973 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
2974 look like with more than one:
2975 @verbatim
2976 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
2977 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
2978 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
2979 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
2980 @end verbatim
2981
2982 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
2983 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
2984 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
2985 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
2986 space seen by that current target.
2987 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
2988 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
2989 are examples; and there are many more.
2990
2991 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
2992
2993 @deffn Command {target count}
2994 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
2995 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
2996 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
2997
2998 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
2999 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3000 @example
3001 set c [target count]
3002 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3003 # Assuming you have created this function
3004 print_target_details $x
3005 @}
3006 @end example
3007 @end deffn
3008
3009 @deffn Command {target current}
3010 Returns the name of the current target.
3011 @end deffn
3012
3013 @deffn Command {target names}
3014 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3015 @example
3016 foreach t [target names] @{
3017 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3018 @}
3019 @end example
3020 @end deffn
3021
3022 @deffn Command {target number} number
3023 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3024 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3025
3026 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3027 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3028 @example
3029 set thename [target number $x]
3030 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3031 @end example
3032 @end deffn
3033
3034 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3035 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3036
3037 @deffn Command targets [name]
3038 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3039 command names are singular.}
3040
3041 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3042 targets in a user friendly form.
3043
3044 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3045 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3046 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3047 @end deffn
3048
3049 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3050 @cindex target type
3051 @cindex CPU type
3052 @cindex CPU variant
3053
3054 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3055 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3056 when calling @command{target create}.
3057 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3058 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3059 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3060 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3061 what core-specific commands may be available
3062 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3063 and more.
3064
3065 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3066 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3067 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3068 worked around in some chip versions.
3069
3070 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3071 since there's a command to list them.
3072 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3073 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3074
3075 @anchor{target types}
3076 @deffn Command {target types}
3077 Lists all supported target types.
3078 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3079
3080 @itemize @bullet
3081 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3082 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3083 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3084 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3085 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3086 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3087 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3088 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3089 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3090 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3091 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3092 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3093 @itemize @minus
3094 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3095 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3096 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3097 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3098 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3099 @end itemize
3100 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3101 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3102 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3103 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3104 @itemize @minus
3105 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3106 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3107 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3108 processor.
3109 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3110 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3111 @end itemize
3112 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3113 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3114 There are several variants defined:
3115 @itemize @minus
3116 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3117 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3118 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3119 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3120 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3121 @end itemize
3122 @end itemize
3123 @end deffn
3124
3125 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3126 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3127 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3128 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3129 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3130 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3131 reflect design generations;
3132 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3133 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3134
3135 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3136 @section Target Configuration
3137
3138 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3139 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3140 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3141 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3142 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3143
3144 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3145 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3146 optional parts.
3147 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3148 command, created as part of target creation.
3149
3150 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3151 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3152 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3153 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3154 to be much more board-specific.
3155 The key steps you use might look something like this
3156
3157 @example
3158 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3159 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3160 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3161 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3162 @end example
3163
3164 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3165 on-chip SRAM.
3166 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3167 writes to target memory;
3168 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3169 GDB memory checksumming;
3170 and more.
3171
3172 @quotation Warning
3173 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3174 inaccessible when application code
3175 (such as an operating system)
3176 enables or disables the MMU.
3177 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3178 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3179 easy access to other addresses needed.
3180 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3181 @end quotation
3182
3183 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3184 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3185 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3186 controllers.
3187 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3188 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3189 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3190
3191 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3192 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3193 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3194 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3195 purposes including additional configuration.
3196
3197 @itemize @bullet
3198 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3199 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3200 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3201 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3202
3203 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3204 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3205 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3206 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3207 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3208 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3209 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3210 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3211
3212 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3213 @end itemize
3214 @end deffn
3215
3216 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3217 The options accepted by this command may also be
3218 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3219 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3220 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3221
3222 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3223 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3224 and changing its endianness or variant.
3225
3226 @itemize @bullet
3227
3228 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3229 used to access this target.
3230
3231 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3232 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3233
3234 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3235 @xref{Target Events}.
3236 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3237 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3238 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3239 same event name assigns only one handler.
3240
3241 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3242 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3243
3244 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3245 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3246 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3247 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3248 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3249 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3250 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3251
3252 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3253 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3254 or virtual address is being used.
3255
3256 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3257 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3258
3259 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3260 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3261 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3262 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3263 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3264
3265 @end itemize
3266 @end deffn
3267
3268 @section Other $target_name Commands
3269 @cindex object command
3270
3271 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3272 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3273
3274 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3275 Once a button is created a button
3276 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3277 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3278 configure it like this:
3279
3280 @example
3281 # Create
3282 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3283 # Modify
3284 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3285 # Query
3286 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3287 # Report
3288 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3289 @end example
3290
3291 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3292 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3293
3294 @example
3295 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3296 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3297 @end example
3298
3299 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3300
3301 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3302 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3303 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3304 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3305 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3306 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3307 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3308 They are not otherwise documented here.
3309 @end deffn
3310
3311 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3312 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3313 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3314 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3315 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3316 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3317 the target side uses raw memory.
3318
3319 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3320 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3321 The script orientation comes from working with data
3322 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3323 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3324 and neither store nor return those values.
3325
3326 @itemize
3327 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3328 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3329 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3330 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3331 @end itemize
3332 @end deffn
3333
3334 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3335 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3336 @command{$target_name configure}
3337 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3338 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3339 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3340 There are a few special cases:
3341
3342 @itemize @bullet
3343 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3344 event named @var{event_name}.
3345 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3346 two parameters.
3347 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3348 This is a special case because this is set using
3349 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3350 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3351 @end itemize
3352
3353 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3354 all the targets you might use something like this:
3355
3356 @example
3357 foreach name [target names] @{
3358 set y [$name cget -endian]
3359 set z [$name cget -type]
3360 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3361 $x $name $y $z]
3362 @}
3363 @end example
3364 @end deffn
3365
3366 @anchor{target curstate}
3367 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3368 Displays the current target state:
3369 @code{debug-running},
3370 @code{halted},
3371 @code{reset},
3372 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3373 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3374 @end deffn
3375
3376 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3377 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3378 currently associated with this target.
3379 @xref{Target Events}.
3380 @end deffn
3381
3382 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3383 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3384 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3385 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3386 @end deffn
3387
3388 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3389 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3390 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3391 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3392 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3393 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3394 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3395 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3396 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3397 @end deffn
3398
3399 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3400 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3401 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3402 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3403 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3404 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3405 @end deffn
3406
3407 @anchor{Target Events}
3408 @section Target Events
3409 @cindex target events
3410 @cindex events
3411 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3412 For example:
3413 @itemize @bullet
3414 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3415 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3416 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3417 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3418 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3419 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3420 to set up system clocks or
3421 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3422 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3423 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3424 @end itemize
3425
3426 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3427 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3428 @command{target create ... -event}.
3429
3430 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3431 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3432 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3433
3434 @example
3435 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3436 echo "Reset..."
3437 reset halt
3438 @}
3439 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3440 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3441 echo "Reset..."
3442 reset halt
3443 @}
3444 @end example
3445
3446 The following target events are defined:
3447
3448 @itemize @bullet
3449 @item @b{debug-halted}
3450 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3451 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3452 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3453 @item @b{early-halted}
3454 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3455 @ignore
3456 @item @b{examine-end}
3457 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3458 @item @b{examine-start}
3459 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3460 @end ignore
3461 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3462 @* When GDB connects
3463 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3464 @* When GDB disconnects
3465 @item @b{gdb-end}
3466 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3467 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3468 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3469 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3470 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3471 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3472 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3473 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3474 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3475 @item @b{gdb-start}
3476 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3477 @item @b{halted}
3478 @* The target has halted
3479 @ignore
3480 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3481 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3482 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3483 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3484 @end ignore
3485 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3486 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3487 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3488 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3489 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3490 @item @b{reset-assert}
3491 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3492 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3493 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3494 it instead of asserting SRST.
3495 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3496 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3497 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3498 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3499 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3500 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3501 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3502 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3503 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3504 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3505 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3506 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3507 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3508 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3509 released on the scan chain.
3510 @item @b{reset-end}
3511 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3512 @ignore
3513 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3514 @* Currently not used
3515 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3516 @* Currently not used
3517 @end ignore
3518 @item @b{reset-init}
3519 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3520 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3521
3522 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3523 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3524 multiplexing, and so on.
3525 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3526 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3527 @item @b{reset-start}
3528 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3529 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3530
3531 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3532 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3533 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3534 @ignore
3535 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3536 @* Currently not used
3537 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3538 @* Currently not used
3539 @end ignore
3540 @item @b{resume-start}
3541 @* Before any target is resumed
3542 @item @b{resume-end}
3543 @* After all targets have resumed
3544 @item @b{resume-ok}
3545 @* Success
3546 @item @b{resumed}
3547 @* Target has resumed
3548 @end itemize
3549
3550
3551 @node Flash Commands
3552 @chapter Flash Commands
3553
3554 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3555 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3556 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3557 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3558 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3559 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3560 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3561 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3562 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3563
3564 Flash Steps:
3565 @enumerate
3566 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3567 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3568 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3569 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3570 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3571 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3572 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3573 @item GDB Flashing
3574 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3575 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3576 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3577 @end enumerate
3578
3579 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3580 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3581 so that it can't boot.
3582 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3583 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3584
3585 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3586 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3587 @cindex flash configuration
3588
3589 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3590 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3591 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3592 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3593 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3594 see the driver-specific documentation.
3595
3596 @itemize @bullet
3597 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3598 in other flash commands.
3599 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3600 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3601 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3602 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3603 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3604 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3605 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3606 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3607 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3608 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3609 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3610 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3611 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3612 commands to the flash controller.
3613 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3614 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3615 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3616 for more information.
3617 @end itemize
3618 @quotation Note
3619 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3620 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3621 @end quotation
3622 @end deffn
3623
3624 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3625 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3626 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3627 Prints a one-line summary of each device declared
3628 using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3629 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3630 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3631 @end deffn
3632
3633 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3634 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3635 depends on the flash type.
3636 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3637 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3638 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3639 but most don't bother.
3640 @end deffn
3641
3642 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3643 @cindex flash erasing
3644 @cindex flash reading
3645 @cindex flash writing
3646 @cindex flash programming
3647
3648 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3649 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3650 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3651 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3652 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3653
3654 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3655 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3656 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3657 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3658 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3659
3660 @quotation Note
3661 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3662 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3663 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3664 back to a flash bank.
3665 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3666 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3667 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3668 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3669 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3670 @end quotation
3671
3672 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3673 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3674 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3675 disabled first.
3676 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3677 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3678 @xref{flash protect}.
3679
3680 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3681 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3682 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3683 up to and including @var{last}.
3684 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3685 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3686 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3687 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3688 @end deffn
3689
3690 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3691 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3692 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3693 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3694 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3695 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3696 @end deffn
3697
3698 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3699 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3700 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3701 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3702 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3703 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3704 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3705 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3706 before issuing this command.
3707 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3708 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3709 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3710 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3711 @end deffn
3712 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3713
3714 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3715 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3716 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3717 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3718 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3719 @end deffn
3720
3721 @anchor{flash write_image}
3722 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3723 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3724 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3725 to the base address for each section in the image.
3726 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3727 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3728 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3729 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3730 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3731 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3732 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3733 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3734 each image segment.
3735 @end deffn
3736
3737 @section Other Flash commands
3738 @cindex flash protection
3739
3740 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3741 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3742 and display that status.
3743 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3744 This is the only operation that
3745 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3746 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3747 to get updated information.
3748 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3749 @end deffn
3750
3751 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3752 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3753 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3754 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3755 @end deffn
3756
3757 @anchor{flash protect}
3758 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3759 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3760 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3761 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3762 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3763 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3764 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3765 @end deffn
3766
3767 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3768 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3769 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3770 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3771 @end deffn
3772
3773 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3774 @section Flash Driver List
3775 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3776 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3777 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3778
3779 @subsection External Flash
3780
3781 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3782 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3783 @cindex CFI
3784 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3785 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3786 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3787 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3788 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3789 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3790 configure a bus and its timings), or
3791 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3792 on the flash chip.
3793 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3794 speed up operation.
3795
3796 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3797
3798 @itemize
3799 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3800 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3801 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3802 @end itemize
3803
3804 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3805 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3806
3807 @example
3808 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3809 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3810 @end example
3811
3812 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
3813 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
3814 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
3815
3816 @example
3817 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
3818 @end example
3819
3820 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3821 @end deffn
3822
3823 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3824
3825 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
3826 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
3827 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
3828 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
3829 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
3830 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
3831
3832 @example
3833 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3834 @end example
3835 @end deffn
3836
3837 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
3838 @cindex at91sam3
3839 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
3840 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
3841 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
3842 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
3843 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
3844 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
3845 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
3846 chips are confirmed.}
3847
3848 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
3849 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
3850 the following fixed locations:
3851
3852 @example
3853 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
3854 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3855 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
3856 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3857 @end example
3858
3859 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
3860 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
3861 to the @command{flash bank} command:
3862
3863 @itemize
3864 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
3865 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
3866 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
3867 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
3868 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
3869 @end itemize
3870
3871 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
3872
3873 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
3874 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
3875 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
3876 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
3877 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
3878 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
3879 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
3880
3881 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
3882 modifies that GPNVM bit.
3883 @end deffn
3884
3885 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
3886 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
3887 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
3888 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
3889 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
3890 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
3891 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
3892 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
3893 @end deffn
3894
3895 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
3896 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
3897 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
3898 @end deffn
3899 @end deffn
3900
3901 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
3902 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
3903 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
3904 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
3905 register, and autoconfigures itself.
3906
3907 @example
3908 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3909 @end example
3910
3911 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
3912 provide additional parameters in the following order:
3913
3914 @itemize
3915 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
3916 @item @var{banks}
3917 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
3918 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
3919 @item @var{pages_size}
3920 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
3921 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
3922 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
3923 @end itemize
3924
3925 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
3926 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
3927 will be autoconfigured.
3928 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
3929
3930 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
3931 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
3932 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
3933 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
3934 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
3935
3936 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
3937 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
3938 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
3939 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
3940 are not truly general purpose).
3941 @quotation Note
3942 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
3943 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
3944 @end quotation
3945 @end deffn
3946 @end deffn
3947
3948 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
3949 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
3950 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
3951 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
3952 @end deffn
3953
3954 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
3955 @emph{No idea what this is...}
3956 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
3957 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
3958 and executed.
3959 @end deffn
3960
3961 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
3962 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
3963 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
3964
3965 @quotation Note
3966 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
3967 driver:
3968 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
3969 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
3970 @end quotation
3971
3972 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
3973 which must appear in the following order:
3974
3975 @itemize
3976 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
3977 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
3978 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
3979 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
3980 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
3981 at which the core is running
3982 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
3983 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
3984 @end itemize
3985
3986 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
3987
3988 @example
3989 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
3990 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
3991 @end example
3992
3993 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
3994 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
3995 the specified flash @var{bank}.
3996 @end deffn
3997 @end deffn
3998
3999 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4000 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4001 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4002 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4003 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4004 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4005
4006 @example
4007 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4008 @end example
4009 @end deffn
4010
4011 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4012 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4013 from NXP.
4014
4015 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4016 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4017 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4018 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4019 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4020 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4021 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4022 you start the PLL.
4023
4024 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4025
4026 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4027 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4028 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4029
4030 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4031 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4032 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4033 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4034 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4035 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4036 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4037
4038 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4039 @example
4040 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4041 @end example
4042
4043 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4044 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4045 @code{flash banks} command.
4046
4047 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4048 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4049 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4050 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4051 a known signature.
4052 Example:
4053 @example
4054 lpc2900 signature 0
4055 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4056 @end example
4057 @end deffn
4058
4059 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4060 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4061 saves it to a file in binary format.
4062 Example:
4063 @example
4064 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4065 @end example
4066 @end deffn
4067
4068 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4069 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4070 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4071 command:
4072
4073 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4074 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4075 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4076 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4077
4078 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4079 Example:
4080 @example
4081 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4082 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4083 @end example
4084 @end deffn
4085
4086 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4087 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4088 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4089 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4090 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4091 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4092 912 bytes.
4093 @quotation Attention
4094 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4095 @end quotation
4096 Example:
4097 @example
4098 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4099 @end example
4100 @end deffn
4101
4102 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4103 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4104 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4105 after the next power cycle.
4106 @quotation Attention
4107 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4108 @end quotation
4109 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4110 Example:
4111 @example
4112 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4113 flash info 0
4114 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4115 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4116 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4117 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4118 @end example
4119 @end deffn
4120
4121 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4122 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4123 effective after the next power cycle.
4124 @quotation Attention
4125 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4126 @end quotation
4127 Examples:
4128 @example
4129 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4130 @end example
4131 @end deffn
4132 @end deffn
4133
4134 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4135 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4136
4137 @example
4138 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4139 @end example
4140 @end deffn
4141
4142 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4143 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4144 and integrate flash memory.
4145 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4146
4147 @example
4148 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4149 @end example
4150
4151 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4152 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4153 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4154 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4155 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4156 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4157 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4158 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4159 @end deffn
4160 @end deffn
4161
4162 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4163 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4164 Texas Instruments
4165 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4166 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4167 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4168 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4169 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4170 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4171
4172 @example
4173 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4174 @end example
4175 @end deffn
4176
4177 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4178 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4179 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4180 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4181 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4182
4183 @example
4184 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4185 @end example
4186
4187 Some stm32x-specific commands
4188 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4189 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4190 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4191 are defined:
4192
4193 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4194 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4195 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4196 @end deffn
4197
4198 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4199 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4200 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4201 @end deffn
4202
4203 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4204 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4205 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4206 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4207 @end deffn
4208
4209 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4210 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4211 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4212 @end deffn
4213 @end deffn
4214
4215 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4216 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4217 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4218 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4219 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4220
4221 @example
4222 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4223 @end example
4224
4225 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4226 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4227 for the specified flash bank.
4228 @end deffn
4229 @end deffn
4230
4231 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4232 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4233 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4234 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4235 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4236
4237 @example
4238 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4239 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4240 @end example
4241
4242 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4243 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4244 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4245
4246 @itemize @bullet
4247 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4248 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4249 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4250 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4251 @end itemize
4252 @end deffn
4253
4254 @end deffn
4255
4256 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4257 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4258 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4259 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4260
4261 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4262
4263 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4264 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4265 @end deffn
4266
4267 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4268 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4269 @end deffn
4270
4271 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4272 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4273 the flash clock.
4274 @end deffn
4275 @end deffn
4276
4277 @subsection str9xpec driver
4278 @cindex str9xpec
4279
4280 Here is some background info to help
4281 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4282 the str9:
4283 @enumerate
4284 @item
4285 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4286 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4287 @item
4288 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4289 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4290 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4291 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4292 @end enumerate
4293
4294 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4295 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4296 configured for flash bank 0.
4297 @example
4298 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4299 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4300 jtag_reset 0 1
4301 # turn off target polling
4302 poll off
4303 # disable str9 core
4304 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4305 # read option bytes
4306 str9xpec options_read 0
4307 # re-enable str9 core
4308 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4309 poll on
4310 reset halt
4311 @end example
4312 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4313 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4314 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4315 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4316
4317 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4318 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4319 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4320 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4321 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4322
4323 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4324
4325 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4326 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4327 @end deffn
4328
4329 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4330 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4331 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4332 @end deffn
4333
4334 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4335 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4336 erase the device.
4337 @end deffn
4338
4339 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4340 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4341 @end deffn
4342
4343 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4344 Configure str9 boot bank.
4345 @end deffn
4346
4347 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4348 Configure str9 lvd source.
4349 @end deffn
4350
4351 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4352 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4353 @end deffn
4354
4355 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4356 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4357 @end deffn
4358
4359 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4360 Read str9 option bytes.
4361 @end deffn
4362
4363 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4364 Write str9 option bytes.
4365 @end deffn
4366
4367 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4368 unlock str9 device.
4369 @end deffn
4370
4371 @end deffn
4372
4373
4374 @section mFlash
4375
4376 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4377 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4378
4379 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4380 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4381 address @var{base}.
4382 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4383 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4384
4385 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4386
4387 @example
4388 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4389 @end example
4390
4391 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4392
4393 @example
4394 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4395 @end example
4396 @end deffn
4397
4398 @subsection mFlash commands
4399 @cindex mFlash commands
4400
4401 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4402 Configure mflash PLL.
4403 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4404 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4405 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4406 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4407 @end deffn
4408
4409 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4410 Configure bootable option.
4411 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4412 (4kB) for boot.
4413 @end deffn
4414
4415 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4416 Configure storage information.
4417 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4418 written.
4419 @end deffn
4420
4421 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4422 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4423 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4424 @end deffn
4425
4426 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4427 Probe mflash.
4428 @end deffn
4429
4430 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4431 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4432 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4433 @end deffn
4434
4435 @node NAND Flash Commands
4436 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4437 @cindex NAND
4438
4439 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4440 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4441 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4442
4443 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4444 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4445 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4446 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4447 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4448 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4449
4450 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4451 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4452 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4453 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4454 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4455 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4456 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4457 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4458 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4459 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4460
4461 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4462 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4463 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4464 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4465 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4466 every 512 bytes of data.
4467
4468 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4469 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4470 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4471 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4472 ECC mode is used.
4473
4474 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4475 @enumerate
4476 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4477 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4478 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4479 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4480 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4481 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4482 to access that device.
4483 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4484 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4485 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4486 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4487 de-brick a board.
4488 @end enumerate
4489
4490 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4491 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4492 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4493 are only 32 bits wide.
4494 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4495 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4496 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4497 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4498
4499 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4500 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4501 @cindex NAND configuration
4502
4503 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4504 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4505 OpenOCD has initialized.
4506
4507 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name controller target [configparams...]
4508 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4509 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4510 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4511 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4512 they were a single (larger) device.
4513 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4514 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4515
4516 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4517 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4518 configuration files, not interactively.
4519
4520 @itemize @bullet
4521 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4522 in other commands.
4523 @item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
4524 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4525 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4526 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4527 commands to the NAND controller.
4528 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4529 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4530 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4531 for more information.
4532 @end itemize
4533 @end deffn
4534
4535 @deffn Command {nand list}
4536 Prints a summary of each device declared
4537 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4538 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4539 @example
4540 > nand list
4541 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4542 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4543 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4544 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4545 >
4546 @end example
4547 @end deffn
4548
4549 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4550 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4551 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4552 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4553 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4554 it with most other NAND commands.
4555 @end deffn
4556
4557 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4558
4559 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4560 @cindex NAND reading
4561 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4562 starting at the specified offset.
4563 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4564
4565 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4566 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4567
4568 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4569 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4570 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4571
4572 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4573 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4574 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4575 method which handled that error correction.
4576
4577 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4578 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4579 @itemize @bullet
4580 @item no oob_* parameter
4581 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4582 @item @code{oob_raw}
4583 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4584 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4585 spare areas associated with each data page.
4586 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4587 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4588 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4589 @item @code{oob_only}
4590 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4591 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4592 spare areas associated with each data page.
4593 @end itemize
4594 @end deffn
4595
4596 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4597 @cindex NAND erasing
4598 @cindex NAND programming
4599 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4600 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4601 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4602 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4603 If those parameters are not specified,
4604 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4605 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4606
4607 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4608 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4609 block marker.
4610 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4611 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4612 @end deffn
4613
4614 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4615 @cindex NAND writing
4616 @cindex NAND programming
4617 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4618 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4619 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4620 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4621
4622 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4623 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4624
4625 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4626 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4627 past the end of the device.
4628 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4629 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4630 if that's being written.)
4631
4632 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4633 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4634 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4635
4636 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4637 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4638 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4639 @itemize @bullet
4640 @item no oob_* parameter
4641 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4642 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4643 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4644 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4645 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4646 @item @code{oob_only}
4647 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4648 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4649 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4650 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4651 @item @code{oob_raw}
4652 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4653 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4654 un-altered OOB.
4655 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4656 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4657 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4658 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4659 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4660 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4661 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4662 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4663 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4664 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4665 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4666 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4667 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4668 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4669 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4670 @end itemize
4671 @end deffn
4672
4673 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4674 @cindex NAND verification
4675 @cindex NAND programming
4676 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4677 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4678 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4679
4680 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4681 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4682
4683 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4684 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4685 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4686 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4687 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4688
4689 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4690 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4691 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4692
4693 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4694 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4695 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4696 be removed in a future release.
4697 @end deffn
4698
4699 @section Other NAND commands
4700 @cindex NAND other commands
4701
4702 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4703 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4704 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4705 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4706 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4707 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4708 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4709 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4710
4711 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4712 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4713 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4714 @end deffn
4715
4716 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4717 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4718 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4719 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4720 status for each block.
4721 @end deffn
4722
4723 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4724 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4725 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4726
4727 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4728 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4729 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4730 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4731 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4732
4733 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4734 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4735 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4736 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4737 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4738 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4739 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4740 @end deffn
4741
4742 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4743 @section NAND Driver List
4744 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4745 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4746 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4747
4748 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4749 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4750 chips from Texas Instruments.
4751 It takes three extra parameters:
4752 address of the NAND chip;
4753 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4754 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4755 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4756 @example
4757 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4758 @end example
4759 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4760 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4761 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4762 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4763 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4764 @end deffn
4765
4766 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4767 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4768 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4769 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4770 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4771 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4772 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4773 @end deffn
4774
4775 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4776 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4777 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4778 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4779 @end deffn
4780 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4781
4782 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4783 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4784 parameter: the address of the controller.
4785 @example
4786 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4787 @end example
4788 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4789 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4790 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4791 change any behavior.
4792 @end deffn
4793
4794 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
4795 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
4796 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
4797 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
4798 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
4799 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
4800 specialized commands.
4801 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4802 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4803 change any behavior.
4804 @end deffn
4805
4806 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
4807 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
4808 @cindex PLD
4809 @cindex FPGA
4810
4811 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
4812 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
4813 OpenOCD can support programming them.
4814 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
4815 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
4816 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
4817 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
4818
4819 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
4820
4821 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
4822 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
4823 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
4824
4825 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
4826 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
4827
4828 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
4829 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
4830 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
4831 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
4832 behavior.
4833 @end deffn
4834
4835 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
4836 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
4837 @end deffn
4838
4839 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
4840 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
4841 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
4842 @end deffn
4843
4844 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
4845
4846 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
4847 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
4848 that particular type of PLD.
4849
4850 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
4851 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
4852 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
4853 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
4854 and one driver-specific command is defined.
4855
4856 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
4857 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
4858 for FPGA @var{num}.
4859 @end deffn
4860 @end deffn
4861
4862 @node General Commands
4863 @chapter General Commands
4864 @cindex commands
4865
4866 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
4867 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
4868 commands are documented elsewhere.
4869
4870 Intent:
4871 @itemize @bullet
4872 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
4873 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
4874 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
4875 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
4876
4877 @item @b{From the human}
4878 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
4879 or via GDB (default port 3333).
4880
4881 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
4882 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
4883 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
4884
4885 @item @b{Machine Interface}
4886 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
4887 port is 5555.
4888 @end itemize
4889
4890
4891 @section Daemon Commands
4892
4893 @deffn {Command} exit
4894 Exits the current telnet session.
4895 @end deffn
4896
4897 @c note EXTREMELY ANNOYING word wrap at column 75
4898 @c even when lines are e.g. 100+ columns ...
4899 @c coded in startup.tcl
4900 @deffn {Command} help [string]
4901 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
4902 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
4903 Not every command provides helptext.
4904 @end deffn
4905
4906 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
4907 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
4908 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
4909 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
4910 Useful in connection with script files
4911 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
4912 @end deffn
4913
4914 @deffn Command shutdown
4915 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
4916 @end deffn
4917
4918 @anchor{debug_level}
4919 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
4920 @cindex message level
4921 Display debug level.
4922 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
4923 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
4924 Level 0 is error messages only;
4925 level 1 adds warnings;
4926 level 2 adds informational messages;
4927 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
4928 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
4929 the command line along with the location of that log
4930 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
4931 @xref{Running}.
4932 @end deffn
4933
4934 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4935 Default disabled.
4936 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
4937
4938 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
4939 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
4940 individually overridden.
4941
4942 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
4943 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
4944 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
4945
4946 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
4947
4948 @example
4949 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
4950 @end example
4951 @end deffn
4952
4953 @deffn Command echo message
4954 Logs a message at "user" priority.
4955 Output @var{message} to stdout.
4956 @example
4957 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
4958 @end example
4959 @end deffn
4960
4961 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
4962 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
4963 the initial log output channel is stderr.
4964 @end deffn
4965
4966 @anchor{Target State handling}
4967 @section Target State handling
4968 @cindex reset
4969 @cindex halt
4970 @cindex target initialization
4971
4972 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
4973 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
4974 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
4975 a current target which is used to perform the
4976 various operations. The current target may be changed
4977 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
4978 target which should become current.
4979
4980 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
4981 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
4982 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
4983 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
4984 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
4985
4986 @emph{With no arguments}:
4987 list all available registers for the current target,
4988 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
4989 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
4990 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
4991 are flagged as such.
4992
4993 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
4994
4995 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
4996 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
4997 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
4998 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
4999 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5000 relevant module will flush such values.
5001
5002 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5003 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5004
5005 @example
5006 > reg
5007 ===== ARM registers
5008 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5009 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5010 (2) r2 (/32)
5011 ...
5012 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5013 >
5014 @end example
5015 @end deffn
5016
5017 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5018 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5019 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5020 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5021 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5022 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5023 (and enter debug mode).
5024 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5025
5026 @quotation Warning
5027 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5028 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5029 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5030 power mode by gating the core clock;
5031 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5032
5033 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5034 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5035 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5036 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5037 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5038 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5039
5040 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5041 work with a JTAG debugger.
5042 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5043 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5044 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5045 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5046 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5047 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5048 @end quotation
5049
5050 @end deffn
5051
5052 @deffn Command resume [address]
5053 Resume the target at its current code position,
5054 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5055 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5056 @end deffn
5057
5058 @deffn Command step [address]
5059 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5060 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5061 @end deffn
5062
5063 @anchor{Reset Command}
5064 @deffn Command reset
5065 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5066 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5067 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5068 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5069 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5070 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5071
5072 The optional parameter specifies what should
5073 happen after the reset.
5074 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5075 The other options will not work on all systems.
5076 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5077
5078 @itemize @minus
5079 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5080 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5081 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5082 @end itemize
5083 @end deffn
5084
5085 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5086 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5087 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5088 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5089 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5090 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5091 state.
5092 @end deffn
5093
5094 @section I/O Utilities
5095
5096 These commands are available when
5097 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5098 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5099 notably the ZY1000.
5100 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5101
5102 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5103
5104 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5105 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5106 the text file @file{filename}.
5107 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5108 The last string is followed by a newline.
5109 @end deffn
5110
5111 @deffn Command cat filename
5112 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5113 @end deffn
5114
5115 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5116 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5117 into @file{dest_filename}.
5118 @end deffn
5119
5120 @deffn Command ip
5121 @emph{No description provided.}
5122 @end deffn
5123
5124 @deffn Command ls
5125 @emph{No description provided.}
5126 @end deffn
5127
5128 @deffn Command mac
5129 @emph{No description provided.}
5130 @end deffn
5131
5132 @deffn Command meminfo
5133 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5134 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5135 @end deffn
5136
5137 @deffn Command peek
5138 @emph{No description provided.}
5139 @end deffn
5140
5141 @deffn Command poke
5142 @emph{No description provided.}
5143 @end deffn
5144
5145 @deffn Command rm filename
5146 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5147 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5148 @end deffn
5149
5150 @deffn Command trunc filename
5151 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5152 @end deffn
5153
5154 @anchor{Memory access}
5155 @section Memory access commands
5156 @cindex memory access
5157
5158 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5159 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5160 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5161 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5162
5163 @enumerate
5164 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5165 to change the current target.
5166 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5167 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5168 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5169 @end enumerate
5170
5171 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5172 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5173 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5174 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5175 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5176 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5177 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5178 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5179 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5180 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5181 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5182 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5183 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5184 @end deffn
5185
5186 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5187 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5188 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5189 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5190 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5191 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5192 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5193 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5194 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5195 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5196 @end deffn
5197
5198
5199 @anchor{Image access}
5200 @section Image loading commands
5201 @cindex image loading
5202 @cindex image dumping
5203
5204 @anchor{dump_image}
5205 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5206 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5207 binary file named @var{filename}.
5208 @end deffn
5209
5210 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5211 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5212 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5213 @end deffn
5214
5215 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5216 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5217 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5218 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5219 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5220 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5221 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5222 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5223 separately.
5224 @end deffn
5225
5226 @anchor{load_image}
5227 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5228 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5229 The file format may optionally be specified
5230 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5231 @end deffn
5232
5233 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5234 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5235 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5236 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5237 The file format may optionally be specified
5238 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5239 @end deffn
5240
5241 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5242 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5243 The file format may optionally be specified
5244 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5245 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5246 @end deffn
5247
5248
5249 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5250 @cindex breakpoint
5251 @cindex watchpoint
5252
5253 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5254 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5255 watchpoints.
5256 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5257
5258 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5259 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5260 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5261 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5262 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5263 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5264
5265 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5266 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5267 @end deffn
5268
5269 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5270 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5271 @end deffn
5272
5273 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5274 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5275 @end deffn
5276
5277 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5278 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5279 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5280 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5281 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5282 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5283 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5284 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5285 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5286 @end deffn
5287
5288 @section Misc Commands
5289
5290 @cindex profiling
5291 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5292 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5293 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5294 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5295 @end deffn
5296
5297 @deffn Command {version}
5298 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5299 @end deffn
5300
5301 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5302 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5303 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5304 @end deffn
5305
5306 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5307 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5308 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5309 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5310
5311 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5312 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5313 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5314 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5315
5316 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5317 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5318 @cindex tracing
5319 @cindex ETM
5320 @cindex ETB
5321
5322 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5323 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5324 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5325
5326 @itemize
5327 @item
5328 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5329 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5330 supports such an interface.
5331 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5332 and trace port support.)
5333 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5334 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5335 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5336 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5337 in the board-specific configuration file.
5338 @item
5339 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5340 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5341 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5342 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5343 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5344 @end itemize
5345
5346 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5347
5348 @quotation Issues
5349 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5350 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5351
5352 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5353 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5354 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5355 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5356 dummy trace port driver}.
5357
5358 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5359 as well as tracing only during specific states
5360 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5361
5362 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5363 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5364 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5365 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5366 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5367
5368 At this writing (September 2009) only ARM7 and ARM9 support
5369 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5370 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5371 this original style of JTAG access.
5372 @end quotation
5373
5374 @subsection ETM Configuration
5375 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5376
5377 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5378 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5379 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5380
5381 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5382 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5383 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5384 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5385 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5386 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5387 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5388 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5389 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5390
5391 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5392 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5393 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5394
5395 @quotation Warning
5396 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5397 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5398 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5399 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5400 @end quotation
5401
5402 @quotation Note
5403 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5404 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5405 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5406 what CPU activities are traced.
5407 @end quotation
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410 @deffn Command {etm info}
5411 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5412 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5413 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5414 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5415 @end deffn
5416
5417 @deffn Command {etm status}
5418 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5419 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5420 Did trace data overflow?
5421 Was it triggered?
5422 @end deffn
5423
5424 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5425 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5426 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5427 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5428 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5429
5430 @itemize
5431 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5432 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5433 The value is one of
5434 @option{none} (save nothing),
5435 @option{data} (save data),
5436 @option{address} (save addresses),
5437 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5438 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5439 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5440 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5441 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5442 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5443 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5444 trace stream without an image of the code.
5445 @end itemize
5446 @end deffn
5447
5448 @deffn Command {etm trigger_percent} [percent]
5449 This displays, or optionally changes, the trace port driver's
5450 behavior after the ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5451 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5452 trace trigger becomes active.
5453
5454 @itemize
5455 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5456 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5457 afterwards.
5458 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5459 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5460 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5461 what caused that event to happen.
5462 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5463 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5464 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5465 how the event caused trouble.
5466 @end itemize
5467 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5468 @end deffn
5469
5470 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5471
5472 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5473 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5474 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5475
5476 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5477 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5478 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5479 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5480 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5481 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5482 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5483
5484 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5485
5486 @itemize
5487 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5488 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5489 for instruction access within that function's body.
5490 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5491 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5492 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5493 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5494 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5495 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5496 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5497 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5498 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5499 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5500 @item @emph{... more}
5501 @end itemize
5502
5503 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5504 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5505
5506 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5507 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5508 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5509 @end deffn
5510
5511 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5512 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5513 @end deffn
5514
5515 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5516 Opens an image file.
5517 @end deffn
5518
5519 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5520 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5521 @end deffn
5522
5523 @deffn Command {etm start}
5524 Starts trace data collection.
5525 @end deffn
5526
5527 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5528 Stops trace data collection.
5529 @end deffn
5530
5531 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5532 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5533
5534 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5535
5536 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5537 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5538 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5539 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5540 any trace data collection.}
5541 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5542 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5543 @end deffn
5544 @end deffn
5545
5546 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5547 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5548 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5549 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5550 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5551 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5552 @end deffn
5553 @end deffn
5554
5555 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5556 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5557 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5558 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5559 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5560
5561 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5562 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5563
5564 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5565 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5566 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5567 @end deffn
5568
5569 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5570 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5571 @end deffn
5572
5573 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5574 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5575 @end deffn
5576 @end deffn
5577
5578
5579 @section Generic ARM
5580 @cindex ARM
5581
5582 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5583 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5584 commands that may be available.
5585
5586 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5587 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5588 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5589 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5590 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5591 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5592 @end deffn
5593
5594 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5595 @cindex disassemble
5596 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5597 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5598 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5599 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5600 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5601 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5602 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5603
5604 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5605 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5606 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5607 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5608 with a handful of exceptions.
5609 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5610 @end deffn
5611
5612 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5613 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5614 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5615 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5616 and using the MCR instruction.
5617 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5618 an ARM register.)
5619 @end deffn
5620
5621 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5622 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5623 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5624 and the MRC instruction.
5625 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5626 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5627 an ARM register.)
5628 @end deffn
5629
5630 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5631 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5632 core mode if necessary.
5633 @end deffn
5634
5635 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5636 @cindex ARMv4
5637 @cindex ARMv5
5638
5639 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5640 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5641 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5642 variant.
5643
5644 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5645 @cindex ARM7
5646 @cindex ARM9
5647
5648 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5649 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5650 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5651 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5652
5653 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5654 Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5655 instead of breakpoints. This should be
5656 safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
5657 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5658 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5659 @end deffn
5660
5661 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5662 @cindex DCC
5663 Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
5664 amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5665 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5666 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5667 @end deffn
5668
5669 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5670 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5671 Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
5672 the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5673 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5674 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5675 @end deffn
5676
5677 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5678 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
5679
5680 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
5681 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
5682 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
5683 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
5684 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
5685 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
5686 @end deffn
5687
5688 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5689 @cindex ARM720T
5690
5691 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5692 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5693 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5694 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5695
5696 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
5697 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5698 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5699 @end deffn
5700
5701 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5702 @cindex ARM9
5703
5704 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5705 integer processors.
5706 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5707
5708 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5709 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5710 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5711 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5712
5713 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5714 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5715 @cindex vector_catch
5716 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5717 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5718 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5719 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5720 to those hardware vectors.
5721
5722 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5723 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5724 vector catch hardware to intercept
5725 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5726 @option{none} of them,
5727 or a list with one or more of the following:
5728 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5729 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5730 @end deffn
5731
5732 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5733 @cindex ARM920T
5734
5735 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5736 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5737 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5738 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5739 and ARM9 commands.
5740
5741 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5742 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5743 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5744 @end deffn
5745
5746 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5747 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5748 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5749 @end deffn
5750
5751 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5752 Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
5753 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
5754 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
5755 or using zero if no other address is not provided.
5756 @end deffn
5757
5758 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
5759 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
5760 @end deffn
5761
5762 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
5763 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
5764 @end deffn
5765
5766 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
5767 @cindex ARM926ej-s
5768
5769 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
5770 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
5771 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
5772 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5773 and ARM9 commands.
5774
5775 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
5776 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
5777
5778 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
5779 Print information about the caches found.
5780 @end deffn
5781
5782 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
5783 @cindex ARM966E
5784
5785 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
5786 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5787 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5788 and ARM9 commands.
5789
5790 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
5791 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5792 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5793 @end deffn
5794
5795 @subsection XScale specific commands
5796 @cindex XScale
5797
5798 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
5799
5800 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
5801 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
5802 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
5803 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
5804 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
5805 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
5806 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
5807
5808 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
5809 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
5810 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
5811 vector_table} command.
5812
5813 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
5814 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
5815 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
5816 code layout in memory:
5817 @example
5818 _vectors:
5819 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5820 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5821 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5822 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5823 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5824 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5825 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5826 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5827 .org 0x100
5828 .long real_reset_vector
5829 .long real_ui_handler
5830 .long real_swi_handler
5831 .long real_pf_abort
5832 .long real_data_abort
5833 .long 0 /* unused */
5834 .long real_irq_handler
5835 .long real_fiq_handler
5836 @end example
5837
5838 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
5839 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
5840 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
5841 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
5842
5843
5844 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
5845 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5846
5847 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
5848 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
5849 @end deffn
5850
5851 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
5852 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
5853 @end deffn
5854
5855 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
5856 Displays information about the CPU caches.
5857 @end deffn
5858
5859 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
5860 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5861 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5862 @end deffn
5863
5864 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
5865 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
5866 @end deffn
5867
5868 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5869 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
5870 @end deffn
5871
5872 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
5873 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
5874 @end deffn
5875
5876 @deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5877 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
5878 @end deffn
5879
5880 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5881 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
5882 @end deffn
5883
5884 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
5885 Enables or disables the trace buffer,
5886 and controls how it is emptied.
5887 @end deffn
5888
5889 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
5890 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
5891 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
5892 The image @var{type} may be one of
5893 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
5894 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
5895 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
5896 @end deffn
5897
5898 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
5899 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
5900 @cindex vector_catch
5901 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
5902 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
5903
5904 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
5905 @example
5906 0x01 Trap Reset
5907 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
5908 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
5909 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
5910 0x10 Trap Data Abort
5911 0x20 reserved
5912 0x40 Trap IRQ
5913 0x80 Trap FIQ
5914 @end example
5915 @end deffn
5916
5917 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
5918 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [<low|high> <index> <value>]
5919 @cindex vector_table
5920
5921 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
5922 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
5923 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
5924 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
5925 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
5926
5927 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
5928
5929 @end deffn
5930
5931 @section ARMv6 Architecture
5932 @cindex ARMv6
5933
5934 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
5935 @cindex ARM11
5936
5937 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
5938 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
5939 which is enabled by default. Burst writes are only used
5940 for memory writes larger than 1 word. Single word writes
5941 are likely to be from reset init scripts and those writes
5942 are often to non-memory locations which could easily have
5943 many wait states, which could easily break burst writes.
5944 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5945 @end deffn
5946
5947 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
5948 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
5949 which is enabled by default.
5950 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5951 @end deffn
5952
5953 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
5954 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
5955 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
5956 they are disabled by default.
5957 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5958 @end deffn
5959
5960 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
5961 @cindex vector_catch
5962 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
5963 coprocessor 14 register 7.
5964 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5965
5966 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
5967 for certain hardware events.
5968 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
5969 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
5970 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
5971 @end deffn
5972
5973 @section ARMv7 Architecture
5974 @cindex ARMv7
5975
5976 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
5977 @cindex Debug Access Port
5978 @cindex DAP
5979 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
5980 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
5981 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
5982
5983 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
5984 Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5985 @end deffn
5986
5987 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
5988 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
5989 @end deffn
5990
5991 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
5992 Displays id register from AP @var{num},
5993 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5994 @end deffn
5995
5996 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
5997 Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
5998 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5999 @end deffn
6000
6001 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6002 Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
6003 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6004 @end deffn
6005
6006 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6007 @cindex Cortex-M3
6008
6009 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6010 @cindex disassemble
6011 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6012 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6013 @end deffn
6014
6015 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6016 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6017 @end deffn
6018
6019 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6020 @cindex vector_catch
6021 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6022 for certain hardware events.
6023
6024 Parameters request interception of
6025 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6026 @option{none} of them,
6027 or one or more of the following:
6028 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6029 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6030 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6031 @option{irq_err},
6032 @option{state_err},
6033 @option{chk_err}, or
6034 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6035 @option{reset}.
6036 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6037 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6038 are mapped to HardFault.
6039 UsageFault checks for
6040 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6041 must also be explicitly enabled.
6042
6043 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6044 @end deffn
6045
6046 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6047 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6048 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6049 @cindex tracing
6050 @cindex libdcc
6051 @cindex DCC
6052 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software. Currently
6053 @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6054 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6055 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6056 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6057 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6058 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6059
6060 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6061 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6062 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6063 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6064 The target being debugged may
6065 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6066 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6067 each supported by a command:
6068
6069 @itemize
6070 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6071 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6072 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6073 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6074
6075 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6076 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6077 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6078
6079 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6080 and then displayed at any time.
6081 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6082
6083 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6084 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6085 @end itemize
6086
6087 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6088 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6089 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6090 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6091 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6092 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6093 does the same thing.
6094
6095 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6096 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6097 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6098 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6099 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6100
6101 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6102 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6103 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6104 @end deffn
6105
6106 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6107 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6108 in the order they triggered.
6109 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6110 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6111 history records.
6112 @end deffn
6113
6114 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6115 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6116 they have been triggered.
6117 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6118 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6119 and associates it with that identifier.
6120
6121 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6122 are not related except by this command.
6123 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6124 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6125 @end deffn
6126
6127
6128 @node JTAG Commands
6129 @chapter JTAG Commands
6130 @cindex JTAG Commands
6131 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6132 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6133 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6134 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6135 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6136
6137 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6138 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6139
6140 @itemize @bullet
6141 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6142 devices such as a CPUs.
6143 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6144 standard state machine (in parallel)
6145 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6146 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6147 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6148 while the reading previous ones.
6149 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6150 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6151 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6152 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6153 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6154 registers.
6155 @end itemize
6156
6157 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6158
6159 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6160 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6161 the order of TAP state transitions.
6162 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6163 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6164 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6165
6166 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6167 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6168 that specify the entire register.
6169 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6170 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6171 The return value holds the original value of each
6172 of those fields.
6173
6174 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6175 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6176 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6177 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6178 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6179
6180 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6181 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6182
6183 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6184 in that state.
6185 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6186 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6187 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6188
6189 @quotation Warning
6190 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6191 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6192 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6193 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6194 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6195 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6196 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6197 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6198 @end quotation
6199 @end deffn
6200
6201 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6202 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6203 This may be used for performance tuning.
6204
6205 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6206 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6207 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6208 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6209 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6210 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6211 @end deffn
6212
6213 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6214 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6215 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6216 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6217 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6218 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6219
6220 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6221 in that state.
6222 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6223 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6224 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6225
6226 @quotation Note
6227 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6228 register values, unlike data register values.
6229 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6230 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6231 @end quotation
6232 @end deffn
6233
6234 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6235 Set values of reset signals.
6236 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6237 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6238 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6239 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6240 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6241 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6242 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6243
6244 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6245 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6246 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6247 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6248 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6249 instead of the TRST signal.
6250 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6251 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6252 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6253 with handlers for that event.
6254 @end deffn
6255
6256 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6257 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6258 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6259 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6260 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6261 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6262 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6263 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6264 The final state must also be stable.
6265 @end deffn
6266
6267 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6268 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6269 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6270 Instructions often need some time
6271 to execute before they take effect.
6272 @end deffn
6273
6274 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6275 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6276
6277 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6278 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6279 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6280 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6281 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6282 @end deffn
6283
6284 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6285 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6286 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6287 must also be enabled.
6288 Default is enabled.
6289 @end deffn
6290
6291 @section TAP state names
6292 @cindex TAP state names
6293
6294 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6295 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6296 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6297 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6298
6299 @itemize @bullet
6300 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6301 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6302 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6303 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6304 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6305 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6306 through the data register
6307 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6308 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6309 for update or more shifting
6310 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6311 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6312 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6313 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6314 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6315 through the instruction register
6316 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6317 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6318 for update or more shifting
6319 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6320 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6321 @end itemize
6322
6323 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6324 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6325 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6326 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6327
6328 @itemize @bullet
6329 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6330 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6331 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6332 may not be as expected.
6333 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6334 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6335 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6336 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6337 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6338 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6339 @end itemize
6340
6341 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6342 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6343
6344 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6345 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6346 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6347 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6348
6349 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6350 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6351 @cindex SVF
6352
6353 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6354 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6355 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6356
6357 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6358 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6359 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6360 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6361 each command is logged before it is executed.
6362 @end deffn
6363
6364 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6365 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6366 @cindex XSVF
6367
6368 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6369 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6370 Xilinx devices.
6371 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6372
6373 @quotation Important
6374 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6375 @end quotation
6376
6377 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6378 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6379 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6380 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6381 that TAP.
6382 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6383 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6384 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6385 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6386 @end deffn
6387
6388 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6389 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6390 after building the software.
6391 You may find them useful:
6392
6393 @itemize
6394 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6395 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6396 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6397 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6398 @end itemize
6399
6400 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6401 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6402 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6403 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6404 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6405 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6406 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6407
6408
6409 @node TFTP
6410 @chapter TFTP
6411 @cindex TFTP
6412 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6413 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6414
6415 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6416 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6417 server (tftpd). For example,
6418
6419 @example
6420 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6421 @end example
6422
6423 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6424 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6425
6426 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6427 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6428 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6429 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6430
6431 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6432 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6433 @cindex GDB
6434 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6435 to debug remote targets.
6436
6437 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6438 @section Connecting to GDB
6439 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6440 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6441 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6442 errors, which has since been fixed: look up 1836 in
6443 @url{http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/gnatsweb.pl?database=gdb}
6444
6445 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6446
6447 @enumerate
6448 @item
6449 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6450 @example
6451 target remote localhost:3333
6452 @end example
6453 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6454 @item
6455 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6456 @example
6457 target remote | openocd --pipe
6458 @end example
6459 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6460 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6461 session.
6462 @end enumerate
6463
6464 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6465 GDB command line.
6466
6467 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6468 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6469 packet size and the device's memory map.
6470
6471 Previous versions of OpenOCD required the following GDB options to increase
6472 the packet size and speed up GDB communication:
6473 @example
6474 set remote memory-write-packet-size 1024
6475 set remote memory-write-packet-size fixed
6476 set remote memory-read-packet-size 1024
6477 set remote memory-read-packet-size fixed
6478 @end example
6479 This is now handled in the @option{qSupported} PacketSize and should not be required.
6480
6481 @section Programming using GDB
6482 @cindex Programming using GDB
6483
6484 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6485 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6486 @example
6487 gdb_memory_map disable
6488 @end example
6489 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6490 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6491 working area.
6492
6493 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6494 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6495 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6496 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6497
6498 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6499 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6500
6501 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6502 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6503 @example
6504 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6505 @end example
6506
6507 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6508 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6509
6510 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6511 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6512 will be used.
6513
6514 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6515 script can be executed:
6516 @example
6517 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6518 @end example
6519
6520 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6521 can be used.
6522
6523 @node Tcl Scripting API
6524 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6525 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6526 @cindex Tcl scripts
6527 @section API rules
6528
6529 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6530 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6531 information as an argument to each proc.
6532
6533 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6534 pair list and lists.
6535
6536 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6537 list.
6538
6539 @verbatim
6540
6541 > set foo(me) Duane
6542 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6543 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6544 > set foo(duck) Donald
6545
6546 If one does this:
6547
6548 > set foo
6549
6550 The result is:
6551
6552 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6553
6554 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6555
6556 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6557 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6558 }
6559 @end verbatim
6560
6561 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6562 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6563
6564 @section Internal low-level Commands
6565
6566 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6567
6568 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6569 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6570 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6571
6572 @itemize @bullet
6573 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6574
6575 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6576 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6577
6578 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6579 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6580
6581 Return information about the flash banks
6582 @end itemize
6583
6584 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6585 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6586 called "flash_banks".
6587
6588 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6589
6590 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6591 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
6592 holds one of the following values:
6593
6594 @itemize @bullet
6595 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6596 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6597 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6598 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6599 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6600 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6601 @end itemize
6602
6603 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6604
6605 @quotation Note
6606 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6607 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6608 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6609 is jim, not real tcl).
6610 @end quotation
6611
6612 @node FAQ
6613 @chapter FAQ
6614 @cindex faq
6615 @enumerate
6616 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6617 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6618 @cindex RTCK
6619 @cindex adaptive clocking
6620 @*
6621
6622 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6623 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6624 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6625 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6626
6627 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6628 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6629 work. There are 2 basic options:
6630 @enumerate
6631 @item
6632 Use a special circuit.
6633 @item
6634 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6635 @end enumerate
6636
6637 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6638 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6639 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6640 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6641 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6642 4kHz.
6643
6644 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6645 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6646 painful.
6647
6648 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6649
6650 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6651 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6652
6653 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6654 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6655 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6656 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6657 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6658
6659 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6660 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6661 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6662 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6663
6664 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6665 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6666 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6667 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6668 with a CPLD.
6669 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6670 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6671 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6672 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6673 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6674 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6675
6676 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6677
6678 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
6679
6680 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
6681 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
6682 depending on the chips on your board.
6683 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
6684 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
6685 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
6686
6687 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
6688
6689 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
6690 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
6691 tedious, it is not always practical.
6692
6693 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
6694 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
6695 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
6696 this way.
6697
6698 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
6699 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
6700 clock rate.
6701 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
6702 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
6703 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6704
6705 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
6706
6707 @example
6708 # Example: 1.234MHz
6709 jtag_khz 1234
6710 @end example
6711
6712
6713 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
6714
6715 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
6716 around Windows filenames.
6717
6718 @example
6719 > echo \a
6720
6721 > echo @{\a@}
6722 \a
6723 > echo "\a"
6724
6725 >
6726 @end example
6727
6728
6729 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
6730
6731 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
6732 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
6733 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
6734
6735 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
6736 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
6737 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
6738
6739 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
6740 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
6741 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
6742
6743 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
6744
6745 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
6746 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
6747 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
6748 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
6749
6750 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
6751 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
6752 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
6753
6754 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
6755 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
6756
6757 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
6758 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
6759 memory read caused data abort".
6760
6761 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
6762 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
6763 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
6764 be done, feel free to add this here.
6765
6766 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
6767 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
6768 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
6769 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
6770 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
6771 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
6772 gracefully stops.
6773
6774 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
6775 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
6776 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
6777
6778 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
6779 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
6780 bytes. Painful...
6781
6782
6783 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
6784 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
6785
6786 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
6787 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
6788 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
6789 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
6790 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
6791 reset, everything else should work fine.
6792
6793 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
6794 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
6795 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
6796 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
6797
6798 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
6799 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
6800 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
6801 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
6802
6803 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
6804
6805 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
6806 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
6807 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
6808 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6809
6810 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
6811 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
6812 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
6813 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
6814
6815 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
6816 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
6817 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6818
6819 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
6820 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
6821
6822 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
6823 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
6824 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
6825 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
6826 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
6827 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
6828 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
6829 clock frequency?
6830
6831 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
6832 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
6833 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
6834 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
6835 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
6836
6837 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
6838
6839 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
6840 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
6841 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
6842 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
6843 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
6844 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
6845 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
6846
6847 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
6848
6849 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
6850 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
6851 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
6852 up DRAM and loading it with code.
6853
6854 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
6855 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
6856 particular order?
6857
6858 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
6859 the same order used by the hardware.
6860
6861 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
6862 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
6863 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
6864 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
6865 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
6866 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
6867
6868 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
6869 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
6870 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
6871 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
6872
6873 @itemize @bullet
6874 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
6875 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
6876 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
6877 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
6878 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
6879 @end itemize
6880
6881 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
6882
6883 @itemize @bullet
6884 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
6885 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
6886 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
6887 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
6888 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
6889 @end itemize
6890
6891
6892 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
6893 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
6894 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
6895
6896 TODO.
6897
6898 @end enumerate
6899
6900 @node Tcl Crash Course
6901 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
6902 @cindex Tcl
6903
6904 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
6905 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
6906 how the Tcl scripts work.
6907
6908 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
6909 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
6910 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
6911 OpenOCD.
6912
6913 @section Tcl Rule #1
6914 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
6915 @enumerate
6916 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
6917 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6918 @end enumerate
6919
6920 The Tcl equal is this:
6921
6922 @enumerate
6923 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
6924 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6925 @end enumerate
6926
6927 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
6928 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
6929
6930 @section Tcl Rule #1b
6931 There is a second pair of rules.
6932 @enumerate
6933 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
6934 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
6935 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
6936 in Tcl.
6937 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6938 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
6939 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
6940 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
6941 @end enumerate
6942
6943 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
6944 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
6945 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
6946 Everything is a string}
6947
6948 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
6949 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
6950 difference is subtle.
6951 @enumerate
6952 @item Parse Time
6953 @item Evaluation Time
6954 @end enumerate
6955
6956 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
6957 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
6958 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
6959
6960 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
6961 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
6962 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
6963 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
6964
6965 @itemize @bullet
6966 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
6967 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
6968 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
6969 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
6970 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
6971 @example
6972 # bash example
6973 X=`date`
6974 echo "The Date is: $X"
6975 # Tcl example
6976 set X [date]
6977 puts "The Date is: $X"
6978 @end example
6979 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
6980 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
6981 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
6982 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
6983 is a string}
6984 @example
6985 set x "Dinner"
6986 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
6987 @end example
6988 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
6989 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
6990 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
6991 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
6992 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
6993 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
6994 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
6995 @end itemize
6996
6997 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
6998
6999 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7000
7001 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7002
7003 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7004 the normal way.
7005
7006 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7007 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7008 line is immedatly executed.
7009
7010 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7011 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7012
7013 @subsection Command Execution
7014
7015 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7016 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7017 control flow operators.
7018
7019 Commands are executed like this:
7020
7021 @enumerate
7022 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7023 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7024 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7025 @end enumerate
7026
7027 It sort of works like this:
7028 @example
7029 for(;;)@{
7030 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7031
7032 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7033
7034 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7035 @}
7036 @end example
7037
7038 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7039 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7040 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7041 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7042 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7043 ``LookupCommand()''
7044
7045 @subsection The FOR command
7046
7047 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7048 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7049 command just like any other command.
7050
7051 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7052 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7053 are:
7054
7055 @enumerate 0
7056 @item The ascii text 'for'
7057 @item The start text
7058 @item The test expression
7059 @item The next text
7060 @item The body text
7061 @end enumerate
7062
7063 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7064 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7065 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7066 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7067
7068 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7069 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7070
7071 @example
7072 int
7073 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7074 int *argc,
7075 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7076 @end example
7077
7078 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7079 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7080 still operates in the same basic way.
7081
7082 @subsection FOR command implementation
7083
7084 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7085 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7086
7087 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7088
7089 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7090
7091 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7092 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7093 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7094
7095 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7096 expression and returns a value.
7097
7098 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7099 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7100 @example
7101 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7102
7103 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7104
7105 int
7106 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7107 int argc,
7108 char **argv )
7109 @{
7110 if( argc != 5 )@{
7111 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7112 return ERROR;
7113 @}
7114
7115 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7116
7117 // Execute the start statement.
7118 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7119
7120 // Top of loop test
7121 for(;;)@{
7122 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7123 if( i == 0 )
7124 break;
7125
7126 // Execute the body
7127 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7128
7129 // Execute the LOOP part
7130 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7131 @}
7132
7133 // Return no error
7134 SetResult( interp, "" );
7135 return SUCCESS;
7136 @}
7137 @end example
7138
7139 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7140 in the same basic way.
7141
7142 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7143
7144 @subsection source and find commands
7145 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7146 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7147 @*Remember the parsing rules
7148 @enumerate
7149 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7150 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7151 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7152 substituted on the orginal command line.
7153 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7154 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7155 @end enumerate
7156 @subsection format command
7157 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7158 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7159 @b{sprintf()}.
7160 @b{Example}
7161 @example
7162 set x 6
7163 set y 7
7164 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7165 @end example
7166 @enumerate
7167 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7168 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7169 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7170 @* Refer to Rule #1
7171 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7172 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7173 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7174 @end enumerate
7175 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7176 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7177 @example
7178 #1 Good
7179 proc someproc @{@} @{
7180 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7181 @}
7182 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7183 #2 Good - no variables
7184 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7185 #3 Good Curly Braces
7186 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7187 puts "Time: [date]"
7188 @}
7189 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7190 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7191 @end example
7192 @enumerate
7193 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7194 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7195 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7196 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7197 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7198 command.
7199 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7200 @*There are 4 examples:
7201 @enumerate
7202 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7203 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7204 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7205 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7206 @end enumerate
7207
7208 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7209 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7210 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7211
7212 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7213 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7214 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7215 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7216 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7217 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7218 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7219 @end enumerate
7220 @subsection Global Variables
7221 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7222 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7223 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7224 @example
7225 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7226 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7227 global x #Global variable X
7228 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7229 @}
7230 @end example
7231 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7232 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7233 @example
7234 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7235 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7236 # Create var name
7237 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7238 # Make it a global
7239 global $vn
7240 # Set it.
7241 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7242 @}
7243 @end example
7244 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7245 @example
7246 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7247 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7248 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7249 @}
7250 @end example
7251
7252 @include fdl.texi
7253
7254 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7255 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7256 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7257 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7258 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7259 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7260
7261 @printindex cp
7262
7263 @node Command and Driver Index
7264 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7265 @printindex fn
7266
7267 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)